Samsung | WD0150VDX/XSG | Samsung WD0150VDX/XSG User Manual

WD0150VDX
Washing Machine
user manual
imagine the possibilities
Thank you for purchasing this Samsung product.
To receive a more complete service, please
register your product at
www.samsung.com/register
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd 1
2011-02-14
7:41:41
features of your new VRT™
STEAM washer
• VRT™ (Vibration Reduction Technology)
This Samsung washer performs smoothly at top spin speeds, minimizing noise and vibration.
• The Largest Capacity
Samsung’s extra-large capacity laundry machine can wash a full set of your bedding, a
kingsize comforter, or up to 28 bath towels in a single load. Since you don’t have to do as
many loads, you save time, money, water and energy.
• Diamond drum™
Take gentle care of your fabrics. With inside holes 36% smaller than those of conventional
drums,the diamond drum prevents fabrics from sticking out and consequently being
damaged.
• Stylish design
The stylish design of this washer blends well with your environment.
• LCD Display & Center jog dial
The Jog dial enables you to select cycles in both directions with ease, and the LCD display is
easy to use and understand.
• DD Motor
The power to handle anything! Our direct-drive inverter motor delivers power right to the
washer tub from a variable speed, reversible motor. A beltless direct-drive motor generates
a higher spin speed of 1,300rpms for more effective, quiet operation. The washer also has
fewer moving parts, meaning fewer repairs.
• Sanitize
When selecting this cycle, the water heats to an extra high temperature to remove 99.9% of
certain bacteria typically found on clothing, bedding, or towels. This certification is conducted
by NSF International, an independent third-party testing and certification organization.
Please check garment care label to avoid garment damage. Only sanitizing cycles have been
designed to meet the requirements of this protocol for sanitization efficacy.
NSF Protocol P172
Sanitization Performance of Residential and
Commercial, Family-Sized Clothes Washers
• Eco Drum Clean
Using Eco Drum Clean helps to maintain your washing machine with maximum hygiene. This
feature has the option of using (or not using) drum cleaning chemical detergents, depending
on your Eco/Performance preference – the cycle has been designed by Samsung to deliver
results without chemical assistance. Keep your drum cleansed and odourless by using this
specialised cleaning program which spins hot water (70ºC) in the drum, with the thorough
cleansing cycle lasting for just under 90 minutes. This works to remove mould and bacteria
present in the drum which could grow and lead to smells and discolouration if left alone.
Works perfectly in support of Eco Bubble, allowing you to routinely wash your fabrics in cooler
temperatures and occasionally cleanse your wash drum to maintain top hygiene levels.
2_ features
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec1:2
2011-02-14
7:41:53
• Air Wash - Sterilization and Deodorization without Water!
Refresh your favorite clothing simply by using air after you’ve been at a party or have gone out
(food, cigarettes). Non-stained clothing no longer needs to be washed, simply refresh them using
the 4 available cycles for different fabrics.
This manual contains important information on the installation, use, and care of your new
Samsung washing machine. Refer to it for descriptions of the control panel, instructions on how
to use the washing machine, and tips for making the most of its state-of-the-art features and
functions. The “Troubleshooting and information codes” section on page 37 tells you what to
do if something goes wrong with your new washing machine.
features _3
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec1:3
2011-02-14
7:41:54
safety information
Congratulations on your new Samsung washer. This manual contains important
information on the installation, use and care of your appliance. Please take time to
read this manual to take full advantage of your washer’s many benefits and features.
WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Please read this manual thoroughly to ensure that you know how to safely and efficiently operate the
extensive features and functions of your new appliance and retain it at a safe place near the appliance
for your future reference. Use this appliance only for its intended purpose as described in this instruction
manual.
Warnings and Important Safety Instructions in this manual do not cover all possible conditions and
situations that may occur. It is your responsibility to use common sense, caution, and care when installing,
maintaining, and operating your washer.
Because these following operating instructions cover various models, the characteristics of your washer
may differ slightly from those described in this manual and not all warning signs may be applicable. If you
have any questions or concerns, contact your nearest service center or find help and information online at
www.samsung.com.
IMPORTANT SAFETY SYMBOLS AND PRECAUTIONS
What the icons and signs in this user manual mean:
WARNING
Hazards or unsafe practices that may result in severe personal injury,
death and/or property damage.
CAUTION
Hazards or unsafe practices that may result in personal injury and/or
property damage.
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of fire, explosion, electric shock, or personal injury
when using your washer, follow these basic safety precautions:
Do NOT attempt.
Do NOT disassemble.
Do NOT touch.
Follow directions explicitly.
Unplug the power plug from the wall socket.
Make sure the machine is grounded to prevent electric shock.
Call the service centre for help.
Note
These warning signs are here to prevent injury to you and others.
Please follow them explicitly.
After reading this section, keep it in a safe place for future reference.
Read all instructions before using the appliance.
As with any equipment using electricity and moving parts, potential hazards exist. To safely
operate this appliance, become familiar with its operation and exercise care when using it.
4_ safety information
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec2:4
2011-02-14
7:41:54
Do not let children (or pets) play on or in your washing machine. The washing machine door does not
open easily from the inside, and children may be seriously injured if trapped inside.
WARNING
This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical, sensory or
mental capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or
instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety.
Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance.
If the plug (power supply cord) is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer or its service
agent or a similarly qualified person in order to avoid a hazard.
This appliance should be positioned to be accessible to the power plug, the water supply tabs and the
drain pipes.
For washing machines with ventilation openings in the base, ensure that the opening is not obstructed
by carpet or any other obstacles.
Use the new hose-sets and old hose-sets should not be reused.
safety information _5
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec2:5
2011-02-14
7:41:56
safety information
WARNING
SEVERE WARNING SIGNS FOR INSTALLATION
The installation of this appliance must be performed by a qualified technician or service
company.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock, fire, an explosion, problems with the
product, or injury.
The appliance is heavy, take care upon lifting it
Plug the power cord into an AC 220-240V / 50Hz wall socket or higher and use the socket
for this appliance only. In addition, do not use an extension cord.
- Sharing a wall socket with other appliances using a power strip or extending the power
cord may result in electric shock or fire.
- Ensure that the power voltage, frequency and current are the same as those of the
product specifications. Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire. Plug the
power plug into the wall socket firmly.
Remove all foreign substances such as dust or water from the power plug terminals and
contact points using a dry cloth on a regular basis.
- Unplug the power plug and clean it with a dry cloth.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
Plug the power plug into the wall socket in the right direction so that the cord runs towards
the floor.
- If you plug the power plug into the socket in the opposite direction, the electric wires
within the cable may be damaged and this may result in electric shock or fire.
Keep all packaging materials well out of the reach of children, as packaging materials can
be dangerous to children.
- If a child places a bag over its head, it may result in suffocation.
When the appliance or power plug or power cord is damaged, contact your nearest service
centre.
This appliance must be properly grounded.
Do not ground the appliance to a gas pipe, plastic water pipe, or telephone line.
- This may result in electric shock, fire, an explosion, or problems with the product
- Never plug the power cord into a socket that is not grounded correctly and make sure
that it is in accordance with local and national codes.
Do not install this appliance near a heater, inflammable material.
Do not install this appliance in a humid, oily or dusty location, in a location exposed to direct
sunlight and water (rain drops).
Do not install this appliance in a location of low temperature
- Frost may cause tubes to burst
Do not install this appliance in a location where gas may leak.
- This may result in electric shock or fire.
Do not use an electric transformer.
- It may result in electric shock or fire.
Do not use a damaged power plug, damaged power cord or loose wall socket.
- This may result in electric shock or fire.
Do not pull or excessively bend the power cord.
Do not twist or tie the power cord.
6_ safety information
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec2:6
2011-02-14
7:41:56
Do not hook the power cord over a metal object, place a heavy object on the power cord,
insert the power cord between objects, or push the power cord into the space behind the
appliance.
- This may result in electric shock or fire.
Do not pull the power cord, when unplugging the power plug.
- Unplug the power plug by holding the plug.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
Do not lay the power cord and tubes where you may fall over them.
CAUTION
CAUTION SIGNS FOR INSTALLATION
This appliance should be positioned in such a way that it is accessible to the power plug.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire due to electric leakage.
Install your appliance on a level and hard floor that can support its weight.
- Failure to do so may result in abnormal vibrations, moves, noise, or problems with the
product.
WARNING
SEVERE WARNING SIGNS FOR USING
If the appliance is flooded, Turn off the water & power supply immediately and contact your
nearest service centre.
- Do not Touch the power plug with wet hands
- Failure to do so may cause electric shock
If the appliance generates a strange noise, a burning smell or smoke, unplug the power
plug immediately and contact your nearest service centre.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
In the event of a gas leak (such as propane gas, LP gas, etc.), ventilate immediately without
touching the power plug. Do not touch the appliance or power cord.
- Do not use a ventilating fan.
- A spark may result in an explosion or fire.
Do not let children play in or on the washer. In addition, when disposing of the appliance,
remove the washer door lever.
- If trapped inside, the child may become trapped and suffocate to death.
Make sure to remove the packaging (sponge, styrofoam) attached to the bottom of the
washer before using it.
safety information _7
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec2:7
2011-02-14
7:41:57
safety information
Do not wash items contaminated with gasoline, kerosene, benzene, paint thinner, alcohol or
other flammable or explosive substances.
- This may result in electric shock, fire or an explosion.
Do not open the washer door by force while it is operating (high-temperature washing/
drying/spinning).
- Water flowing out of the washer may result in burns or cause the floor to be slippery.
This may result in injury.
- Opening the door by force may result in damage to the product or injury.
Do not insert your hand under the washer.
- This may result in injury.
Do not touch the power plug with wet hands.
- This may result in electric shock.
Do not turn the appliance off by unplugging the power plug while an operation is in
progress.
- Plugging the power plug into the wall socket again may cause a spark and result in
electric shock or fire.
Do not let children or infirm persons use this washer unsupervised. Do not let children climb
in the appliance
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock, burns or injury.
Do not insert your hand or a metal object under the washer while it is operating.
- This may result in injury.
Do not unplug the appliance by pulling at the power cord, always grip plug firmly and pull
straight out from the outlet.
- Damage to the cord may cause short-circuit, fire and/or electric shock
Do not attempt to repair, disassemble, or modify the appliance yourself.
- Do not use any fuse (such as cooper, steel wire, etc.) other than the standard fuse.
- When repairing or reinstalling the appliance is required, contact your nearest service
centre.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock, fire, problems with the product, or injury.
If the water supply hose comes loose from the Water tap and floods the appliance, unplug
the power plug.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
Unplug the power plug when the appliance is not being used for long periods of time or
during a thunder/lightning storm.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
8_ safety information
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec2:8
2011-02-14
7:41:57
CAUTION
CAUTION SIGNS FOR USING
When the washer is contaminated by a foreign substance such as detergent, dirt, food
waste, etc., unplug the power plug and clean the washer using a damp and soft cloth.
- Failure to do so may result in discolouration, deformation, damage or rust.
The front glass may be broken by a strong impact. Take care when using the washer.
- When the glass is broken, it may result in injury.
After a water supply failure or when reconnecting the water supply hose, open the Water
Tap slowly.
Open the Water Tap slowly after a long period of non-use.
- The air pressure in the water supply hose or the water pipe may result in damage to a
part or in water leakage.
If a drain error occurs during an operation, check if there is a draining problem.
- If the washer is used when it is flooded because of a draining problem, it may result in
electric shock or fire due to electric leakage.
Insert the laundry into the washer completely so that laundry does not get caught in the
door.
- If laundry gets caught in the door, it may result in damage to the laundry or the washer,
or result in water leakage.
Ensure that the Water Tap is turned off when the washer is not being used.
- Ensure that the screw on the water supply hose connector is properly tightened.
- Failure to do so may result in property damage or injury.
Check if the rubber seal is not contaminated by foreign substances (waste, thread, etc).
- If the door is not closed completely, it may result in water leakage.
Open the Water Tap and check if the water supply hose connector is firmly tightened and
that there is no water leaking before using the product.
- If the screws or the water supply hose connector are loose, it may result in water
leakage.
safety information _9
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec2:9
2011-02-14
7:41:59
safety information
Do not stand on top of the appliance or place objects (such as laundry, lighted candles,
lighted cigarettes, dishes, chemicals, metal objects, etc.) on the appliance.
- This may result in electric shock, fire, problems with the product, or injury.
Do not spray volatile material such as insecticide onto the surface of the appliance.
- As well as being harmful to humans, it may also result in electric shock, fire or problems
with the product.
Do not place an object that generates a electromagnetic field near the washer.
- This may result in injury due to a malfunction.
Since the water drained during a high-temperature wash or drying cycle is hot, do not
touch the water.
- This may result in burns or injury.
Do not wash, spin or dry water-proof seats, mats or clothing (*) unless your appliance has a
special program for washing these items.
- Do not wash thick, hard mats even if the washer mark is on the care label.
- This may result in injury or damage to the washer, walls, floor or clothing due to
abnormal vibrations.
* Woollen bedding, rain covers, fishing vests, ski pants, sleeping bags, diaper covers,
sweat suits, and bicycle, motor cycle, car covers, etc.
Do not operate the washer when the detergent box is removed.
- This may result in electric shock or injury due to water leakage.
Do not touch the inside of the tub during or just after drying as it is hot.
- This may result in burns.
Do not insert your hand into the detergent box after opening it.
- This may result in injury as your hand may be caught by the detergent input device. Do
not place any objects (such as shoes, food waste, animals) other than laundry into the
washer.
- This may result in damage to the washer, or injury and death in the case of pets due to
the abnormal vibrations.
Do not press the buttons using sharp objects such as pins, knifes, fingernails, etc.
- This may result in electric shock or injury.
Do not wash laundry contaminated by oils, creams or lotions usually found in skincare
shops or massage clinics.
- This may result in the rubber seal becoming deformed and water leakage.
Do not leave metal objects such as a safety pin or hair pin, or bleach in the tub for long
periods of time.
- This may cause the tub to rust.
- If rust starts appearing on the surface of the tub, apply a cleansing agent (neutral) to the
surface and use a sponge to clean it. Never use a metal brush.
Do not use dry cleaning detergent directly and do not wash, rinse, or spin laundry
contaminated by dry cleaning detergent.
- This may result in spontaneous combustion or ignition due to the heat of the oxidation of
the oil.
Do not use hot water from water cooling/heating devices.
- This may result in problems with the washer.
10_ safety information
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec2:10
2011-02-14
7:41:59
Do not use natural hand-washing soap for the washer.
- If it hardens and accumulates inside the washer, it may result in problems with the
product, discolouration, rust or bad odors.
Do not wash large laundry items such as bedding in the washing net.
- Place socks and brassieres into the washing net and wash them with the other laundry.
- Failure to do so may result in injury due to abnormal vibrations.
Do not use hardened detergent.
- If it accumulates inside the washer, it may result in water leakage.
For washing machines with ventilation openings in the base, ensure that the opening is not
obstructed by carpet or any other obstacles.
Make sure that the pockets of all clothing to be washed are empty.
- Hard, sharp objects, such as coins, safety pins, nails, screws, or stones can cause
extensive damage to the appliance.
Do not wash clothing with large buckles, buttons, or other heavy metal.
The tumble dryer is not to be used if industrial chemicals have been used for cleaning.
Lint must not to be allowed to accumulate around the tumble dryer.
Do Not Dry Unwashed Items In The Tumble Dryer.
Items that have been soiled with substances such as cooking oil, acetone, alcohol, petrol,
kerosene, spot removers, turpentine, waxes and wax removers should be washed in hot
water with an extra amount of detergent before being dried in the tumble dryer.
Items such as foam rubber (latex foam), shower caps, waterproof textiles, rubber backed
articles and clothes or pillows fitted with foam rubber pads should not be dried in the
tumble dryer.
Fabric softeners, or similar products, should be used as specified by the fabric softener
instructions.
The final part of a tumble dryer cycle occurs without heat (cool down cycle) to ensure that
the items are left at a temperature that ensures that the items will not be damaged.
WARNING: Never stop a tumble dryer before the end of the drying cycle unless all items are
quickly removed and spread out so that the heat is dissipated.
That the appliance must not be installed behind a lockable door, a sliding door or a door
with a hinge on the opposite side to that of the tumble dryer.
WARNING
SEVERE WARNING SIGNS FOR CLEANING
Do not clean the appliance by spraying water directly onto it.
Do not use benzene, thinner or alcohol to clean the appliance.
- This may result in discolouration, deformation, damage, electric shock or fire.
Before cleaning or performing maintenance, unplug the appliance from the wall socket.
- Failure to do so may result in electric shock or fire.
safety information _11
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec2:11
2011-02-14
7:41:59
contents
SETTING UP YOUR WASHING
MACHINE
13
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
15
Checking the parts
Meeting installation requirements
Electrical supply and grounding
Water Supply
Drain
Flooring
Surrounding temperature
Alcove or closet installation
Installing your washing machine
21
21
22
25
25
26
26
27
28
29
30
31
31
33
33
33
Washing for the first time
Basic instructions
Using the control panel
Child lock
Sound off
Delay end
Stop&Add
Eco Bubble
Air Wash
Using dry course
Washing clothes using the cycle selector
Washing clothes manually
Laundry guidelines
Detergent and additives information
Which detergent to use
Detergent drawer
34
34
34
34
35
35
36
36
Cleaning the exterior
Cleaning the interior
Cleaning the dispensers
Storing your washer
Cleaning the debris filter
Cleaning the door seal/bellow
Preserving the top cover and the front frame
TROUBLESHOOTING AND
INFORMATION CODES
37
39
Check these points if your washing machine...
Information codes
CYCLE CHART
40
Cycle chart
APPENDIX
41
41
41
42
Fabric care chart
Protecting the environment
Declaration of conformity
Specifications
13
WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
21
CLEANING AND MAINTAINING YOUR
WASHING MACHINE
37
40
41
12_ contents
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec4:12
2011-02-14
7:42:00
setting up your washing
machine
CHECKING THE PARTS
Carefully unpack your washing machine, and make sure you’ve received all of the parts shown below.
If your washing machine was damaged during shipping, or if you do not have all of the parts, contact
Samsung Customer Service or your Samsung dealer.
Hot water supply
hose
01 SETTING UP
Be sure to have your installer follow these instructions closely so that your new
washing machine works properly and so that you’re not at risk of injury when doing
laundry.
Cold water supply
hose
Detergent drawer
Control panel
Door
Drain Hose
Tub
Debris filter
Drain tube
Adjustable legs
Filter cover
Spanner
Bolt hole covers
Water supply hose
Hose guide
Plastic Zip Hose Tie
setting up your washing machine _13
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec9:13
2011-02-14
7:42:00
setting up your washing
machine
MEETING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Electrical supply and grounding
WARNING
Never use an extension cord.
Use only the power cord that comes with your washing machine.
When preparing for installation, ensure that your power supply offers:
• AC 220-240V / 50Hz fuse or circuit breaker
• Individual branch circuit serving only your washing machine
Your washing machine must be grounded. If your washing machine malfunctions or breaks
down, grounding will reduce the risk of electric shock by providing a path of least resistance for
the electric current.
Your washing machine comes with a power cord having a three-prong grounding plug for use in
a properly installed and grounded outlet.
Never connect the ground wire to plastic plumbing lines, gas lines, or hot water pipes.
Improperly connecting the equipment-grounding conductor can result in electric shock.
Check with a qualified electrician or serviceman if you are unsure if the washing machine is
properly grounded. Do not modify the plug provided with the washing machine. If it does not fit
the outlet, have a proper outlet installed by a qualified electrician.
Water Supply
Your washing machine will fill properly when your water pressure is 137 kPa ~ 800 kPa. Water
pressure less than 137 kPa may cause water valve failure, not allowing the water valve to shut
off completely. Or, it may take the washing machine longer to fill than what the controls allow,
resulting in your washing machine turning off. (A fill-time limit, designed to prevent overflows/
flooding if an internal hose becomes loose, is built into the controls.)
The water taps must be within 120cm of the back of your washing machine for the provided inlet
hoses provided to reach your washing machine.
Most plumbing supply stores sell inlet hoses of various lengths up to 305 cm long.
You can reduce the risk of leaks and water damage by:
• Making water taps easily accessible.
• Turning off taps when the washing machine is not in use.
• Periodically checking for leaks at water inlet hose fittings.
WARNING
Before using your washing machine for the first time, check all connections at the water
valve and taps for leaks.
14_ setting up your washing machine
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec9:14
2011-02-14
7:42:01
Drain
Samsung recommends a standpipe height of 46cm. The drain hose must be routed through
the drain hose clip to the standpipe. The standpipe must be large enough to accept the outside
diameter of the drain hose. The drain hose is attached at the factory.
For best performance, your washing machine must be installed on a solidly constructed floor.
Wood floors may need to be reinforced to minimize vibration and/or unbalanced loads. Carpeting
and soft tile surfaces are contributing factors to vibrations and the tendency for your washing
machine to move slightly during the spin cycle.
01 SETTING UP
Flooring
Never install your washing machine on a platform or poorly supported structure.
Surrounding temperature
Do not install your washing machine in areas where water may freeze, since your washing
machine always retains some water in its water valve, pump, and hose areas. Frozen water in
the lines can cause damage to belts, the pump, and other components.
Alcove or closet installation
To operate safely and properly, your new washing machine requires minimum clearances of:
Sides – 25 mm
Rear – 102 mm
Top – 432 mm
Front – 51 mm
If both the washing machine and a dryer are installed together, the front of the alcove or closet
must have at least 465 cm² unobstructed air opening. Your washing machine alone does not
require a specific air opening.
INSTALLING YOUR WASHING MACHINE
STEP 1
Selecting a location
Before you install the washing machine, make sure the location:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Has a hard, level surface without carpeting or flooring that may obstruct ventilation
Is away from direct sunlight
Has adequate ventilation
Will not be freezing (below 0 ˚C)
Is away from heat sources such as oil or gas
Has enough space so that the washing machine doesn’t stand on its power cord
setting up your washing machine _15
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec9:15
2011-02-14
7:42:02
setting up your washing
machine
STEP 2
Removing the shipping bolts
Before installing the washing machine, you must remove all shipping bolts from the back of the
unit.
1. Loosen all the bolts with the supplied wrench.
2. Hold the bolt with the spanner and pull it through the wide
section of the hole. Repeat for each bolt.
3. Fill the holes with the supplied plastic covers.
4. Store the shipping bolts away safely in case you have to move the washing machine in the
future.
WARNING
Packaging materials can be dangerous to children; keep all packaging material (plastic
bags, polystyrene, etc.) well out of the reach of children.
16_ setting up your washing machine
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec9:16
2011-02-14
7:42:02
STEP 3
Adjusting the Levelling feet
When installing your washing machine, ensure that the power plug, the water supply and
the drain are easily accessible.
01 SETTING UP
1. Slide the washing machine into position.
2. Level your washing machine by turning the levelling feet in
and out as necessary by hand.
3. When your washing machine is level, tighten the nuts using
the wrench supplied with your washing machine.
STEP 4
Connecting the water and drain
Connecting the water supply hose
1. Take the L-shaped arm fitting for the cold water
supply hose and connect it to the cold water
supply intake on the back of the machine.
Tighten by hand.
The water supply hose must be connected to
the washing machine at one end and to the
water tap at the other. Do not stretch the water
supply hose. If the hose is too short, replace
the hose with a longer, high pressure hose.
2. Connect the other end of the cold water supply
hose to your sink’s cold water tap and tighten
it by hand. If necessary, you can reposition the
water supply hose at the washing machine end
by loosening the fitting, rotating the hose, and
retightening the fitting.
For selected models with an additional hot water intake:
1. Take the red L-shaped arm fitting for the hot water supply hose and connect it to the hot
water supply intake on the back of the machine. Tighten by hand.
2. Connect the other end of the hot water supply hose to your sink’s hot water tap and tighten
it by hand.
3. Use a Y-piece if you only want to use cold water.
setting up your washing machine _17
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec9:17
2011-02-14
7:42:03
setting up your washing
machine
Connecting the water supply hose
1. Remove the adaptor from the water supply hose.
Adaptor
Water supply
hose
2. First, using a ‘+’ type screwdriver, loosen the four screws
on the adaptor. Next, take the adaptor and turn part (2)
following the arrow until there is a 5 mm gap.
1
5 mm
2
3. Connect the adaptor to the water tap by tightening the
screws firmly while lifting the adaptor upwards.
Turn part (2) following the arrow and connect (1) and (2).
Water tap
1
2
4. Connect the water supply hose to the adaptor.
When you release part (3), the hose automatically
connects to the adaptor making a ‘click’ sound.
After you have connected the water supply
hose to the adaptor, ensure that it is connected
correctly by pulling the water supply hose
downwards.
3
5. Connect the other end of the water supply hose to the inlet
water valve at the rear of the washing machine. Screw the
hose clockwise all the way in.
Option
18_ setting up your washing machine
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec9:18
2011-02-14
7:42:04
6. Turn on the water supply and ensure that no water leaks
from the water valve, tap or adaptor. If there is a water
leaks, repeat the previous steps.
WARNING
✗
✗
01 SETTING UP
•
Do not use your washing machine if there is a water leak.
This may cause electric shock or injury.
If the water tap has a screw type tap, connect the water
supply hose to the tap as shown.
Use the most conventional type of tap for the water supply. In case the tap is square or too
big, remove the spacing ring before inserting the tap into the adaptor.
setting up your washing machine _19
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec9:19
2011-02-14
7:42:05
setting up your washing
machine
Connecting the drain hose
The end of the drain hose can be positioned in three ways:
1. Over the edge of a wash basin: The drain hose must be placed at a height of between 60
and 90 cm. To keep the drain hose spout bent, use the supplied plastic hose guide. Secure
the guide to the wall with a hook or to the tap with a piece of string to prevent the drain hose
from moving.
60 ~ 90 cm
Drain hose
Hose guide
2. ln a sink drain pipe branch: The drain pipe branch must be above the sink siphon so that
the end of the hose is at least 60 cm above the ground.
3. ln a drain pipe: We recommend using a 65 cm high vertical pipe; it must be no shorter than
60 cm and no longer than 90 cm.
STEP 5
Powering your washing machine
Plug the power cord into a wall sockets, an AC 220-240V / 50Hz approved electrical outlet
protected by a fuse or circuit breaker. (For more information on electrical and grounding
requirements, see page 14.)
20_ setting up your washing machine
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec9:20
2011-02-14
7:42:06
washing a load of laundry
With your new Samsung washing machine, the hardest part of doing laundry will be
deciding which load to wash first.
WASHING FOR THE FIRST TIME
1. Press the Power button.
2. Add a little detergent to the detergent compartment
the detergent drawer.
3. Turn on the water supply to the washing machine.
4. Press the Start/Pause button.
in
This will remove any water that might be left over in the
machine from the manufacturer’s test run.
Compartment
Compartment
: Detergent for prewash, or starch.
: Detergent for the main wash, water softener, pre-soaking agent, bleach and
stain removal product.
02 WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
Before washing laundry for the first time, you must run a complete empty cycle (i.e. no laundry).
To use liquid detergent, use the liquid detergent box (refer to page 33 of the manual for the
corresponding model). Do not add powdered detergent into the liquid detergent box.
Compartment
: Additives, e.g. fabric softener or former (fill no higher than lower edge (MAX)
of “A”)
BASIC INSTRUCTIONS
1. Load your laundry into the washing machine.
WARNING
Do not overload the washing machine. To determine the load capacity for each type of
laundry, refer to the chart on page 31-32.
• Make sure that laundry is not caught in the door, as this may cause a water leak.
• Washing detergent may remain in the front rubber part of the washer after a wash cycle.
Remove any remaining detergent, as they may cause a water leak.
• Do not touch the door glass while your washing machine is running or it may be hot.
• Do not open the detergent drawer or the debris filter while your washing machine is
running or you might be exposed to hot water or steam.
• Do not wash water-proofed items in normal cycle except outdoor care program.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Close the door until it latches.
Turn the power on.
Add detergent and additives to the dispenser drawer.
Select the appropriate cycle and options for the load.
The Wash Indicator light will illuminate and the estimated cycle time will appear in the display.
6. Press the Start/Pause button.
washing a load of laundry _21
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec5:21
2011-02-14
7:42:07
washing a load of laundry
USING THE CONTROL PANEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12 13 14
15
16
Select the tumble pattern and spin speed for the cycle.
For detailed information, refer to “Washing clothes using the cycle
selector”. (see page 30)
1
CYCLE SELECTOR
Wool/Lingerie - This is the course for lingerie or clothing made from wool.
For machine-washable wool.
• The wool course washes the laundry using gentle cradling actions.
During the wash, the gentle cradling and soaking actions are
continued to protect the wool fibers from shrinkage / distortion and
for a super gentle clean. This stop operation is not a problem.
• Neutral detergent is recommended for wool course, for improved
washing results and for improved care of the wool fibers.
The wool wash cycle of this machine has been approved by
Woolmark for the washing of machine washable Woolmark
products provided that the products are washed according
to the instructions on the garment label and those issued by
the manufacturer of this washing machine, M0509.
Quick Wash - For lightly soiled garments needed quickly.
Normal - For most fabrics including cottons, linens, and normally soiled
garments.
Soak - This is the course that completely removes dirt from laundry
using the soak function.
Towels - For bath towels, washcloths and mats.
Bedding - For bulky items such as blankets and sheets. When you are
washing comforters, use liquid detergent.
Boil - This course is appropriate to wash underwear we change
everyday, strong dirt removal and sterilization is performed
simultaneously.
Eco Drum Clean - Use for drum cleaning. It cleanses dirt and bacteria
of drum. Regular use (after every 40 washes) is recommended. No
detergent or bleach needed.
Air Wash - This course is useful for removing bad odors. Turning the
Cycle Selector cycles through the following operating modes.
(Deodorize J Sanitize J Dust Removal)
• Deodorize - Reduces bad smells from the laundry
• Sanitize - Deodorize and sanitize the laundry by stronger air wash
action with higher temp.
• Dust Removal - To sterilize the laundry for a longer period of time,
select this function.
22_ washing a load of laundry
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec5:22
2011-02-14
7:42:09
The large LCD Display is easy to use. It provides instructions and
diagnostics while keeping you updated on the cycle status and time
remaining.
3
ECO BUBBLE
SELECTION BUTTON
Eco Bubble selection is turned on as a default. Press the Eco Bubble
option button once to deselect and the Bubble Generator OFF (shown
on the panel), press it again to turn the function back ON.
• Some wash cycles must have Eco Bubble option ON (will show on
the panel, and the Generator will turn on automatically).
• Other wash cycles do not need this option and automatically turn the
Generator OFF.
• On many cycles, you can manually adjust this option, which will
visibly affect wash time on the panel to achieve results (please see
page 27 for more information).
4
STEAM SELECTION
BUTTON
Press this button to use steam. Steam Care is available with Quick
Wash, Normal, Soak, Towels, Bedding, Boil cycles. For heavily soiled,
colorfast garments. Steam care improves stain treatment and use less
water of each cycle.
5
DELAY END
SELECTION BUTTON
Any cycle can be delayed for up to 24 hours in one-hour increments.
Displayed hour indicates the time at which the wash will be started.
6
PRE WASH
SELECTION BUTTON
To use this feature add detergent to the Pre Wash section of the
detergent compartment. When turned on, the washer fills with cold
water and detergent, tumbles, then drains and advances to the selected
wash cycle.
Some cycles cannot be selected with this option.*
* You cannot select the PreWash option in the, Wool and Quick Wash
cycles.
7
TEMPERATURE
SELECTION BUTTON
Press this button repeatedly to cycle through the available water
temperature options: (Cold Water , 30 ˚C, 40 ˚C, 60 ˚C and 95 ˚C).
8
RINSE SELECTION
BUTTON
Press this button to add additional rinse cycles. The maximum number
of rinse cycles is five.
9
SPIN SELECTION
BUTTON
Press the button repeatedly to cycle through the available speeds for the
spin cycle.
“No spin ” - The laundry remains in the drum and no spin cycle is
performed after the final drain.
DRYING BUTTON
Pressing the button cycles through the following options.
→ Small
→ Shirt
→ Low Temp
→ Time Dry
Cup Board
(30min. →1:00 h → 1:30 h → 2:00 h → 2:30 h) → Cup Board
Cup Board
- Select to dry laundry automatically by detecting the
amount and weight of the laundry. Select this to dry cotton clothing such
as cotton trousers, T-shirts, and cotton underwear.
Small
- Select this course to dry a small amount of laundry
(approximately 400g). (3~4 towels, a pair of pants (school uniform) or 2
long-sleeve shirts.)
Shirt
- Select this course to dry a shirt or a jacket (school uniform) in
a short time (19 minutes).
Low Temp
- Dry clothing which may become deformed at high
temperatures at a low temperature. (Mixed fabrics and synthetic fibers
such as polyester and nylon.)
Time Dry
- Dry the laundry for the specified period of time.
• You must avoid washing laundry that may not be dried as it may
be deformed even at low temperatures.
• The Normal, Extra, Iron and Light Dry options detect the weight
of the laundry in order to display an accurate drying time and
dry them more completely.
• The drying conditions may differ depending on the type and the
amount of laundry.
10
02 WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
LCD DISPLAY
2
washing a load of laundry _23
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec5:23
2011-02-14
7:42:10
washing a load of laundry
11
SOUND OFF
SELECTION BUTTON
Press the button to increase or decrease the end of cycle signal volume
or turn off the signal.
12
STOP&ADD
SELECTION BUTTON
Select this to add the laundry amid the process (See “Stop&Add” on
page).
13
LAST SETTING
BUTTON
Choose your favorite cycle including temperature, spin, option, etc.
14
EXTRA WATER
BUTTON
If you press the Extra Water button, water is added before the rinse
course and the rinse course is performed with more water.
To cancel the function, press the button again. The light is turned off and
the function is canceled.
15
START/PAUSE
SELECTION BUTTON
Press to pause and restart programs.
16
POWER BUTTON
Press once to turn your washer on, press again to turn your washer off. If
the washer is left on for more than 10 minutes without any buttons being
touched, the power automatically turns off.
24_ washing a load of laundry
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec5:24
2011-02-14
7:42:12
Child lock
The Child Lock function allows you to lock the buttons so that the wash cycle you’ve chosen
can’t be changed.
Activating/Deactivating
02 WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
If you want to activate or deactivate the Child Lock function,
press the Temp. and Rinse buttons at the same time for
3 seconds. “Child Lock ” will be lit when this feature is
activated.
When the Child Lock function is activated, only the
Power button works. The Child Lock function remains
on even after the power is turned on and off or after the
disconnecting and reconnecting the power cord.
3 SEC.
Sound off
The Sound Off function can be selected during all courses. When this function is selected, sound
is turned off for all courses. Even if the power is turned on and off repeatedly, the setting is
retained.
Activating/Deactivating
If you want to activate or deactivate the Sound Off function, press the Spin and Option buttons
at the same time for 3 seconds. The “Sound Off ” will be lit when this feature is activated.
washing a load of laundry _25
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec5:25
2011-02-14
7:42:13
washing a load of laundry
Delay end
You can set the washing machine to finish your wash automatically at a later time, choosing a
delay of max 24 hours (in 1 hour increments). The hour displayed indicates the time at which the
wash will be finished
1. Manually or automatically set your washing machine according to the type of laundry you are
washing.
2. Press the Delay End button repeatedly until the delay time is set.
3. Press the Start/Pause button. The “Delay End ” indicator will be lit, and the clock will begin
counting down until it reaches the set time.
4. To cancel a Delay End function, press the Power button and then turn the washing machine
on again.
Stop&Add
When the washing machine is working, the door is locked, and the “Stop&Add” lamp is off, you will
not be able to add laundry. You can only add laundry when the Stop&Add lamp is illuminated.
1. Press the Stop&Add button.
The washing machine will automatically pause.
2. Wait about 30 seconds and check the state of “Stop&Add” lamp.
• Blinking: The water in the washing machine is drained down to the safety level for the
additional laundry to be added.
• Off: Adding laundry is possible.
3. Add the laundry.
4. Press the Start/Pause button.
• Avoid adding laundry when the machine has foamed up or is filled with water. Otherwise,
the foam or water may leak from the door. Check before opening the door.
• We recommend that you select the Stop&Add function 5 minutes before a cycle is
performed.
• If the internal temperature is higher than 55 ˚C during the wash cycle or 70 ˚C during the
drying cycle, the Stop&Add function cannot be selected.
• Do not open the door by force as it may result in injury or damage the washer.
WARNING
26_ washing a load of laundry
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec5:26
2011-02-14
7:42:14
Eco Bubble
Eco Bubble allows detergent to distribute evenly and penetrate fabrics faster and deeper.
Course
Bubble function
Canceling the bubble function
Wool/Lingerie. Quick Wash, Eco
Drum Clean
•
Available
Available
Not available
A different bubble function may be applied depending the course.
Eco Bubble selection is default. Press it once to deselect bubble option, press it again to
select bubble option.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Open the door, place the laundry inside the wash tub and close the door.
Press the Power button.
Select a function.
Place the appropriate amount of detergent and fabric softener into the corresponding
compartments depending on the amount of laundry and close the detergent drawer.
• Add the appropriate amount of detergent into the detergent compartment , and add
just under the fiber softener base line
the fabric softener to softener compartment
(MAX) of “A”)
• When the Prewash course is selected, add detergent into the prewash compartment
as well.
• To use liquid detergent, leave the liquid detergent box in the drawer(refer to “Liquid
Detergent” section on page 33).
02 WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
Normal, Soak, Towels, Bedding, Boil
Do not add powdered detergent into the liquid detergent box.
5. Press the Start/Pause button.
• Press the Start/Pause button to start the wash.
• The amount of the laundry is automatically detected and the laundry is washed.
• Once a washing machine operation begins, you cannot add or select the bubble function.
• Enough bubbles are generated with the specified amount of detergent.
• Please clean the Debris filter frequently. Periodic cleaning helps generate sufficient
bubbles.
• Depending on the detergent and the laundry, the bubbles may be absorbed and seem
like a small quantity.
• Although bubbles are generated once the wash begins, it may take several minutes for
users to see them.
washing a load of laundry _27
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec5:27
2011-02-14
7:42:15
washing a load of laundry
Air Wash
Air Wash can refresh laundry without using water owing to its powerful airing system. Clothing
that can be refreshed includes woolen coats, cotton jumpers, sweaters and suits. [Two items or
less (less than 1 kg)]
1. Open the door, place the laundry into the washing machine and close the door.
2. Press the Power button.
3. Select Air Wash by turning the Cycle Selector.
MODE
CYCLE TIME
Deodorize
26 min
Sanitize
35 min
Dust Removal
40 min
•
When one of these options has been selected, no other button can be selected and you
can only select the delay end time from between 24:00.
4. Close the door and press the Start/Pause button.
• When there is water in the tub, Air Wash cannot be worked. Drain the water and select
Air Wash.
• Press the Start/Pause or Power button to remove the laundry.
• Fragrance or dryer sheets can be used with Air Wash programs to add fragrance to your
refreshed laundry (one sheet per one or two items).
Avoid Air Wash the following clothes:
• Sensitive clothes made of leather, mink, fur, silk, etc.
• Underwear trimmed with lace, ‘glued’ doll cushions, and dress suits may have their
decorations loosened.
• Clothes trimmed with buttons can cause them to break.
• Starchy clothes can become deformed.
• Hard bedding such as a wooden pillows (neck-rest)
- Pillows or blankets filled with plastic or starch rather than cotton
- Electric blankets
• Furry blankets
• Bulky blankets
• Latex pillow
28_ washing a load of laundry
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec5:28
2011-02-14
7:42:16
USING DRY COURSE
• Every press of this button will select drying type repeatedly in the following order:
Cup Board
→ Small → Shirt → Low Temp
→ Time Dry
(30 min. → 60 min. →
90 min. → 120 min. → 150 min.) → Cup Board
Drying Type
Auto
Drying
Information
Cupboard(
)
Small(
Shirt(
)
Low Temp.(
Time Drying(
)
)
Standard: Dries the laundry.
Max Load
Time
(Max Load)
5.0 kg
240 min.
Dries 3~4 towels or 2 shirts
0.8 kg
40 min.
Dries one shirt
0.3 kg
20 min.
) Dries the laundry at a low
temperature to protect the texture
of the laundry.
5.0 kg
270 min.
You can select the appropriate
drying time depending on the
texture, quantity, and moisture.
-
30/60/90/
120/150 min.
02 WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
Refer to the label of drying capacity and be sure to put in the clothes to the lower level than the marked line
for the dried clothes of 5.0kg.
1. Open the door, put in the clothes and close the door again.
2. Press the Power button and then press the Drying button.
: The standard course will be selected automatically.
Drying is not available for Eco Drum Clean, Air Wash and Wool courses.
3. Select Drying button as follows.
Drying Programs
• It automatically displays Drying Time by sensing the weight of clothes before drying for
increasing the drying effect.
• For laundry weighing less than 5.0kg, use the Auto Dry. For laundry that weighs
more, please use the Time Dry.
• If both the spin and drying cycles are selected, the spin speed is automatically selected
to enhance the drying efficiency.
• When using the drying cycle, check if the water supply valve is opened.
4. Put suitable amount of detergent and fiber softener in the detergent tray and close it again.
5. Press Start/Pause button.
: It automatically performs an optimal function from washing to drying.
• The selected course can’t be altered after the start of drying.
• If cold water is not supplied, drying will not be performed.
• In case you wish to dry after hand washing, select both Spin and Dry at the same time.
washing a load of laundry _29
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec5:29
2011-02-14
7:42:16
washing a load of laundry
Washing clothes using the cycle selector
Your new washing machine makes washing clothes easy, using Samsung’s “Fuzzy Control”
automatic control system. When you select a wash program, the machine will set the correct
temperature, washing time, and washing speed.
1. Turn on your sink’s water tap.
2. Press the Power button.
3. Open the door.
4. Load the articles of clothing one at a time loosely into the drum, without overfilling it.
5. Close the door.
6. Add detergent, softener, and pre-wash detergent (if necessary) into the appropriate
compartments.
Pre-wash is only available when selecting the Eco Bubble, Normal, Soak, Towels, Bedding
and Boil cycles. It is only necessary if your clothing is heavily soiled.
7. Use the Cycle Selector to select the appropriate cycle according to the type of material: Eco
Bubble, Normal, Soak, Towels, Bedding and Boil . The relevant indicators will illuminate on
the control panel.
8. At this time, you can control the wash temperature, the number of rinse cycles, the spinning
speed, and the delay time by pressing the appropriate option button.
9. Press the Start/Pause button on the Cycle Selector and the wash will begin. The process
indicator will light up and the remaining time for the cycle will appear in the display.
Pause Option
1.
2.
3.
4.
Within 5 minutes of starting a wash, it is possible to add/remove laundry items to the wash.
Press the Start/Pause button to unlock the door.
The door cannot be opened when the water is too HOT or the water level is too HIGH.
After closing the door, press the Start/Pause button to restart the wash.
When the cycle is finished:
After the total cycle has finished, the power will turn off automatically.
1. Open the door.
2. Remove laundry.
30_ washing a load of laundry
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec5:30
2011-02-14
7:42:19
Washing clothes manually
02 WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
You can wash clothes manually without using the Cycle Selector.
1. Turn the water supply on.
2. Press the Power button on the washing machine.
3. Open the door.
4. Load the articles loosely into the drum one at a time, without overfilling it.
5. Close the door.
6. Add detergent and, if necessary, softener or prewash detergent, into the appropriate
compartments.
7. Press the Temp. button to select the temperature. (Cold water, 30 ˚C, 40 ˚C, 60 ˚C, 95 ˚C)
8. Press the Rinse button to select the required number of rinse cycles.
The maximum number of rinse cycles is five.
The wash duration is increased accordingly.
9. Press the Spin button to select the spin speed.(
: No Spin)
10. Press the Delay End button repeatedly to cycle through the available Delay End options
(from 3 hour to 19 hours in one hour increments). The hour displayed indicates the time at
which the wash will be finished.
11. Press the Start/Pause button and the machine will begin the cycle.
LAUNDRY GUIDELINES
Follow these simple guidelines for the cleanest laundry and the most efficient wash.
Always check the Care label on clothing before washing.
Sort and wash your laundry according to the following criteria:
• Care Label: Sort laundry into cottons, mixed fibres, synthetics, silks, wools and rayons.
• Colour: Divide whites and colours. Wash new colour items separately.
• Size: Placing items of different sizes in the same load will improve the wash action.
• Sensitivity: Wash delicate items separately, using the Delicate wash cycle for pure, new
woollen items, curtains and silk articles. Check the labels on the items you are washing or
refer to the fabric care chart in the appendix.
Emptying pockets
Before each wash, empty all the pockets of your laundry. Small, irregularly shaped hard objects,
such as coins, knives, pins, and paperclips could damage your washing machine. Do not wash
clothing with large buckles, buttons, or other heavy metal objects.
Metal on clothing may damage your clothing as well as the tub. Turn clothing with buttons and
embroidered clothes inside out before washing them. If zips of pants and jackets are open while
washing, the spin basket may be damaged. Zips should be closed and fixed with a string before
washing.
Clothing with long strings may become entangled with other clothes damaging them. Be sure to
fix the strings before starting the wash.
Prewashing cotton
Your new washing machine, combined with modern detergents, will give perfect washing results,
thus saving energy, time, water and detergent. However, if your cotton is particularly dirty,
prewash with a protein-based detergent.
washing a load of laundry _31
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec5:31
2011-02-14
7:42:19
washing a load of laundry
Determining the load capacity
Do not overload the washing machine or your laundry may not wash properly. Use the chart
below to determine the load capacity for the type of laundry you are washing.
Fabric Type
Load Capacity
Model
WD0150
Normal
- average/lightly soiled
- heavily soiled
17.0 kg
Towels
5.0 kg
Bedding
3.5 kg
Wool/Lingerie
4.0 kg
• When the laundry is unbalanced (“UE” lights up on the display), redistribute the load.
If the laundry is unbalanced, the spin efficiency may be degraded.
• When washing Bedding or Duvet cover, the wash time may be lengthened or the spin
efficiency may be degraded.
Make sure to insert brassieres (water washable) into a laundry net (to be
purchased additionally).
• The metal parts of the brassieres may break through the material
and damage the laundry. Therefore make sure to place them inside
a fine laundry net.
• Small, light clothing such as socks, gloves, stockings and
handkerchiefs may become caught around the door. Place them
inside a fine laundry net.
CAUTION
Do not wash the laundry net by itself without other laundry. This may cause abnormal
vibrations that could move the washing machine and cause an accident resulting in
injury.
32_ washing a load of laundry
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec5:32
2011-02-14
7:42:20
DETERGENT AND ADDITIVES INFORMATION
Which detergent to use
Do not use detergent that has hardended or solidified as the detergent may remain in
the rinse cycle. It may cause your washing machine to not rinse properly or result in the
overflow becoming blocked.
Please note the following when using the Wool course.
• Use a neutral liquid detergent for wool only.
• When using a powder detergent, it may remain on the laundry and cause damage to the
material (wool).
Detergent drawer
02 WASHING A LOAD OF LAUNDRY
The type of detergent you should use is based on the type of fabric (cotton, synthetic, delicate
items, wool), colour, wash temperature, and degree of soiling. Always use “low suds” laundry
detergent, which is designed for automatic washing machines.
Follow the detergent manufacturer’s recommendations based on the weight of the laundry, the
degree of soiling, and the hardness of the water in your area. If you do not know how hard your
water is, enquire at your local water authority.
Your washing machine has separate compartments for dispensing detergent and fabric softener.
Add all laundry additives to the correct compartment before starting your washing machine.
Do not open the detergent drawer while your washing machine is running or you might be
exposed to hot water or steam.
1. Pull out the detergent drawer on the left side of the control
panel.
2. Add the recommended amount of laundry detergent
directly into the detergent compartment
before starting
your washing machine.
3. Add the recommended amount of fabric softener into the
if required. DO NOT exceed the
softener compartment
MAX FILL ( ) line.
4. When using the Prewash option, add the recommended
amount of laundry detergent into the prewash
compartment .
When washing large items do NOT use the following
detergetnt types.
• Tablet and capsule type detergents
• Detergents using a ball and net
Concentrated or thick fabric softener and conditioner must be diluted with a little water
before being poured into the dispenser (prevents the overflow from becoming blocked).
washing a load of laundry _33
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec5:33
2011-02-14
7:42:20
cleaning and maintaining your
washing machine
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
Turn off the water faucets after finishing the day’s washing.
This will shut off the water supply to your Washer and prevent the unlikely possibility of damage from
escaping water. Leave the door open to allow the inside of your Washer to dry out.
Use a soft cloth to wipe up all detergent, bleach or other spills as they occur.
Clean the following as recommended:
Control Panel – Clean with a soft, damp cloth. Do not use abrasive powders or cleaning pads. Do not spray
cleaners directly on the panel.
Cabinet – Clean with soap and water.
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
Clean the interior of your Washer periodically to remove any dirt, soil, odor, mold, mildew, or bacterial
residue that may remain in your Washer as a result of washing clothes.
Failure to follow these instructions may result in unpleasant conditions, including odors and/or permanent
stains on your Washer or laundry.
Hard water deposits may be removed, if needed. Use a cleaner labeled “Washer safe”.
CLEANING THE DISPENSERS
The automatic dispenser may need to be cleaned periodically due to laundry additive buildup.
1. Pull out the detergent liquid from detergent compartment.
2. Remove the siphon cap from the fabric softener and bleach
compartments.
3. Wash all of the parts under running water.
4. Clean the dispenser recess with a soft brush.
5. Reinsert the siphon cap and push it firmly into place.
6. Push the dispenser back into place.
7. Run a Rinse+Spin cycle without any load in your washer.
Siphon cap
34_ cleaning and maintaining your washing machine
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec6:34
2011-02-14
7:42:22
STORING YOUR WASHER
CLEANING THE DEBRIS FILTER
We recommend cleaning the debris filter when water does not drain well or the “ND” error message is
displayed.
1. Open the filter cover by pressing and pulling the handle of the
filter cover with your finger.
2. Unscrew the drain cap by turning it
counterclockwise.
3. Hold the cap on the end of the drain tube and
slowly pull it out about 6 inches (15 cm) and
drain off all the water.
Step 1
03 CLEANING AND MAINTAINING
Washers can be damaged if water is not removed from hoses and internal components before storage.
Prepare your Washer for storage as follows:
• Select the Quick Wash cycle and add bleach to the automatic dispenser. Run your Washer through the
cycle without a load.
• Turn the water faucets off and disconnect the inlet hoses.
• Unplug your Washer from the electrical outlet and leave your Washer door open to let air circulate inside
the tumbler.
• If your Washer has been stored in below–freezing temperatures, allow time for any leftover water in your
Washer to thaw out before use.
Step 2
4. Remove the debris filter cap.
5. Wash any dirt or other material from the
debris filter. Make sure the drain pump
propeller behind the debris filter is not
blocked.
6. Replace the debris filter cap.
7. Replace the filter cover.
cleaning and maintaining your washing machine _35
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec6:35
2011-02-14
7:42:22
cleaning and maintaining your
washing machine
CLEANING THE DOOR SEAL/BELLOW
1. Open the washer door and remove any clothing or items from the washer.
2. Inspect the gray colored seal/bellow between the door
opening and the basket for stained areas. Pull back the
seal/bellow to inspect all areas under the seal/bellow and to
check for foreign objects.
seal/bellow
3. If stained areas are found, wipe down these areas of the seal/bellow, using the procedure
that follows.
a) Mix a dilute solution, using ¾ cup (177 mL) of liquid chlorine bleach, and 1 gal. (3.8 L) of
warm tap water.
b) Wipe the seal/bellow area with the dilute solution, using a damp cloth.
c) Let stand 5 minutes.
d) Wipe down area thoroughly with a dry cloth and let the washer interior air dry with door
open.
IMPORTANT:
• Wear rubber gloves when cleaning for prolonged periods.
• Refer to the bleach manufacturer’s instructions for proper use.
PRESERVING THE TOP COVER AND THE FRONT FRAME
Do not place any heavy or sharp objects or a detergent box on the washing machine. Keep them on the
purchased pedestal or in a separate storage box. This may scratch or damage the top cover of the washing
machine.
Since the entire washing machine has a high-gloss finish, the surface can be scratched or damaged.
Therefore, avoid scratching or damaging the surface when using the washing machine.
36_ cleaning and maintaining your washing machine
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec6:36
2011-02-14
7:42:24
troubleshooting and
information codes
CHECK THESE POINTS IF YOUR WASHING MACHINE...
SOLUTION
Will not start..
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Has no water or not enough
water..
•
•
•
•
•
Make sure the door is firmly closed.
Make sure your Washer is plugged in.
Make sure the water source faucets are open.
Make sure to press the Start/Pause Button to start your Washer.
Make sure the Child Lock is not activated; see page 25.
Before your Washer starts to fill, it will make a series of clicking noises
to check the door lock and do a quick drain.
Check the fuse or reset the circuit breaker
Turn both faucets on fully.
Make sure the door is tightly closed.
Straighten the water inlet hoses.
Disconnect hoses and clean screens. Hose filter screens may be
clogged.
Open and close the door, then press the Start/Pause Button.
Has detergent remains in
the automatic dispenser
after the wash cycle is
complete.
•
•
Make sure your Washer is running with sufficient water pressure.
Make sure the Detergent Selector dial is in the upper position when
using granular detergent.
Vibrates or is too noisy.
•
Make sure your Washer is set on a level surface. If the surface is not
level, adjust your Washer feet to level the appliance.
Make sure that the shipping bolts are removed.
Make sure your Washer is not touching any other object.
Make sure the laundry load is balanced.
•
•
•
Stops
•
•
•
•
•
•
04 TROUBLESHOOTING
PROBLEM
Plug the power cord into a live electrical outlet.
Check the fuse or reset the circuit breaker.
Close the door and press the Start/Pause Button to start your
Washer.
For your safety, your Washer will not tumble or spin unless the door is
closed.
Before your Washer starts to fill, it will make a series of clicking noises
to check the door lock and do a quick drain.
There may be a pause or soak period in the cycle. Wait briefly and it
may start.
Check the screens on the inlet hoses at the faucets for obstructions.
Clean the screens periodically.
troubleshooting and information codes _37
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec11:37
2011-02-14
7:42:24
troubleshooting and
information codes
PROBLEM
SOLUTION
Fills with the wrong
temperature water.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Door locked or will not
open.
•
•
•
Does not drain and/or spin.
•
•
•
•
Turn both faucets on fully.
Make sure the temperature selection is correct.
Make sure the hoses are connected to the correct faucets.
Flush water lines.
Check the water heater. It should be set to deliver a minimum 120°
F (49° C) hot water at the tap. Also check the water heater capacity
and recovery rate.
Disconnect the hoses and clean the screens. The hose filter screens
may be plugged.
As your Washer is filling, the water temperature may change as
the automatic temperature control feature checks incoming water
temperature. This is normal.
While your Washer is filling, you may notice just hot and/or just
cold water going through the dispenser when cold or warm wash
temperatures are selected. This is a normal function of the automatic
temperature control feature as your Washer determines the
temperature of the water.
Press the Start/Pause Button to stop your Washer.
Your Washer door will remain locked during the heating portion of the
Sanitize Cycle
It may take a few moments for the door lock mechanism to
disengage.
Check the fuse or reset the circuit breaker.
Straighten the drain hoses. Eliminate kinked hoses. If there is a drain
restriction, call for service.
Close the door and press the Start/Pause Button. For your safety,
your Washer will not tumble or spin unless the door is closed.
Make sure the debris filter is not clogged.
Load is too wet at the end
of the cycle.
•
•
•
Use the High or Extra High spin speed.
Use high efficiency detergent to reduce over–sudsing.
Load is too small. Very small loads (one or two items) may become
unbalanced and not spin out completely.
Leaks water.
•
•
•
Make sure the door is firmly closed.
Make sure all hose connections are tight.
Make sure the end of the drain hose is correctly inserted and secured
to the drainage system.
Avoid overloading.
Use high efficiency detergent to prevent over–sudsing.
•
•
Has excessive suds.
•
•
•
Use high efficiency detergent to prevent over-sudsing.
Reduce the detergent amount for soft water, small or lightly soiled
loads.
Non-HE detergent is NOT recommended.
If the problem persists, contact your local Samsung Customer Service.
38_ troubleshooting and information codes
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec11:38
2011-02-14
7:42:24
INFORMATION CODES
If your washing machine malfunctions, you may see an information code on the display. If this happens,
please check the table below and try the suggested solution before calling Customer Service.
SOLUTION
dE
•
Close the door.
4E
•
•
Make sure the source water tap is turned on.
Check the water pressure.
5E
•
•
Clean the debris filter.
Make sure the drainage hose is installed correctly.
•
The laundry load is unbalanced. Redistribute the load. If only one item
of clothing needs washing, such as a bathrobe or pair of jeans, the
final spin result might be unsatisfactory and an “UE” error message
will be shown in the display window.
•
Call the after-sales service.
•
It appears when the internal temperature of the drum is high. The
fan will automatically function, so just wait until “Hot” indication
disappeared.
UE
cE/3E
Hot
04 TROUBLESHOOTING
CODE SYMBOL
For any codes not listed above, or if the suggested solution doesn’t fix the problem, call your Samsung
Service Centre or local Samsung dealer.
troubleshooting and information codes _39
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec11:39
2011-02-14
7:42:24
cycle chart
CYCLE CHART
(z user option)
Bubble
Temp. (˚C)
Spin Speed(MAX) rpm
PROGRAM
Cold
30
40
Quick Wash
z
z
z
Normal
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
Soak
z
z
z
Wool/Lingerie
z
z
z
Towels
z
z
z
Bedding
z
z
z
60
95
z
z
z
Boil
z
Eco Drum Clean
PROGRAM
Drying
Quick Wash
z
Normal
Soak
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
1000
z
z
Stop&Add
Display time
(min)
z
z
0:48
z
z
1:09
z
z
1:38
z
z
z
0:46
z
z
z
z
1:58
z
z
z
z
2:03
z
z
z
z
2:18
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
Eco Drum Clean
830
z
z
Steam
z
600
z
z
Pre Wash
Bedding
Boil
z
500
z
z
Wool/Lingerie
Towels
No Bubble Normal Power Turbo No Spin
Delay End
1:48
1. A cycle with a prewash takes approx. 15 minutes longer.
2. The cycle duration data has been measured under the conditions specified in Standard IEC 60456 / EN 60456.
3. Course time in individual homes may differ from the values given in the table due to variations in the
pressure and temperature of the water supply, the load and the type of laundry.
40_ cycle chart
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec7:40
2011-02-14
7:42:24
appendix
FABRIC CARE CHART
Resistant material
Can be ironed at 100 ˚C max
Delicate fabric
Do not iron
Item may be washed at 95 ˚C
Can be dry cleaned using any
solvent
Item may be washed at 60 ˚C
Dry clean with perchloride, lighter
fuel, pure alcohol or R113 only
Item may be washed at 40 ˚C
Dry clean with aviation fuel, pure
alcohol or R113 only
Item may be washed at 30 ˚C
Do not dry clean
Item may be hand washed
Dry flat
Dry clean only
Can be hung to dry
Can be bleached in cold water
Dry on clothes hanger
Do not bleach
Tumble dry, normal heat
Can be ironed at 200 ˚C max
Tumble dry, reduced heat
Can be ironed at 150 ˚C max
Do not tumble dry
06 APPENDIX
The following symbols provide garment care directions. The care labels include four symbols in this order:
washing, bleaching, drying and ironing (and dry cleaning when necessary). The use of symbols ensures
consistency among garment manufacturers of domestic and imported items. Follow the care label
directions to maximize garment life and reduce laundery problems.
PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
•
•
•
•
This appliance is manufactured from recyclable materials. If you decide to dispose of this appliance,
please observe local waste disposal regulations. Cut off the power cord so that the appliance cannot be
connected to a power source. Remove the door so that animals and small children cannot get trapped
inside the appliance.
Do not exceed the detergent quantities recommended in the detergent manufactures’ instructions.
Use stain removal products and bleaches before the wash cycle only when strictly necessary.
Save water and electricity by only washing full loads (the exact amount depends upon the program
used).
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
This appliance complies with European safety standards, EC directive 93/68 and EN Standard 60335.
appendix _41
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec3:41
2011-02-14
7:42:25
appendix
SPECIFICATIONS
TYPE
FRONT LOADING WASHING MACHINE
WD0150
DIMENSIONS
W686mm X D811mm X H991mm
WATER PRESSURE
137 kPa ~ 800 kPa
WATER VOLUME
56 ℓ
WD0150
NET WEIGHT
107 kg
WASH AND SPIN CAPACITY
17.0 kg [DRY LAUNDRY]
DRY CAPACITY
9.0 kg
MODEL
POWER
CONSUMPTION
WD0150
WASHING
220 V
250 W
WASH AND
HEATING
220 V
2200 W
DRYING
220V
WD0150
220V
600 W
SPIN
PACKAGE WEIGHT
SPIN
REVOLUTIONS
2200W
MODEL
PUMPING
80 W
MODEL
WD0150
PAPER
5.0 kg
PLASTIC
1.8 kg
MODEL
WD0150
rpm
1000
The appearance and specifications of the product are subject to change without prior notice for purposes
of product enhancement.
42_ appendix
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec3:42
2011-02-14
7:42:31
memo
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec3:43
2011-02-14
7:42:31
QUESTIONS OR COMMENTS?
Country
CALL
OR VISIT US ONLINE AT
U.A.E
800-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
www.samsung.com
Code No. DC68-02535G-01_EN
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_EN.indd Sec3:44
2011-02-14
7:42:31
‫‪WD0150VDX‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻜﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ‪.Samsung‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫‪www.samsung.com/register‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:37 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd 1‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪ VRT™ STEAM‬ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫• ™‪) VRT‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﺑﻬﺪﻭﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ‪ Samsung‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻏﺴﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺷﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﳊﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢٨‬ﻣﻨﺸﻔﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﹼ‬
‫• ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻴﺔ )™‪(Diamond drum‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻨﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﺟﻴ ﹰﺪﺍ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ ٪٣٦‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﹼﺿﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﲢﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﲤﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﹼ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺴﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﻴﻖ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺎﳌﻚ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ LCD‬ﻭﻗﺮﺹ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻳﺴﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺊ! ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﹰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻋﻜﻮﺱ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺫﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺼﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻒ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ١٣٠٠‬ﻟﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻭﻫﺪﻭ ﹰﺀﺍ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺨﲔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ‪٩٩٫٩‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺷﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ‪NSF International‬؛ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﹼﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﹼﺿﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﰎ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﻮﻓﺎﺀ ﲟﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪NSF Protocol P172‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﻢ ﻟﻐﺴﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ "ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻨﺎ ﹰﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﹼ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺼﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ )‪ ٧٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ( ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻤﻮ ﳑﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺭﻭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪) Eco Bubble‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _٢‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:46 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec1:2‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ــ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ!‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻚ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺒﺴﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺪﺧﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺎﺋﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌ ﹼﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺒﺴﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﹼﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺷﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ "ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ" ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٣٧‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻋﻄﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ _‪٣‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:46 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec1:3‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻬﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻚ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﳉﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﻐﺮﺽ ﺍ‪‬ﺼﺺ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺗﻘﻚ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﺗ ﹼﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺤﺬﺭ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹸﻃﺮﺯ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ‪.www.samsung.com‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻸﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻸﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗ ﹼﺒﻊ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗ ﹼﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻬﺪﻑ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﻶﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗ ﹼﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﻻ ﹰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ‪‬ﺎﻃﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻪ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﺧﻲ ﺍﳊﺬﺭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _٤‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:46 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec2:4‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺪﻉ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ( ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺈﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﺒﺎﺳﻬﻢ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﹺﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺴﻴﺔ )ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ(‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺒﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﲢﺖ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﺺ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﹺﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﳌﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﺒﺜﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ )ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﹺﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﹼﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻫﻞ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻷﻱ ﺧﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻻﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻋﺪﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﹸﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺧﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﻣﺮﺓﹰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ _‪٥‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:47 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec2:5‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗ ﹼﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ‬‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ ﺍﳊﺬﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻷﻥ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺛﻘﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﲟﻘﺒﺲ ﺣﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺠﻬﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٢٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٢٤٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ‪ ٥٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﺲ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻠﻚ ﲤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﲤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ‬‫ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﲟﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ‬‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﹼ‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻛﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ‬‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺧﻄﺮﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﹰ‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﻜﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ‪.‬‬‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻠﻴﻔﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ‬‫ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﲟﺄﺧﺬ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌ ﹼﺘﺒﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺨﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺀ )ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ(‪.‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺎ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﹰ ﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺣﺎﺋﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﹸﻣﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻨﻴﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‪.‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻟﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻃﻴﻪ‪.‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺷﻲﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻭ ﲤﺮﻳﺮ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﺮﹼﺿﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺜﹼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _٦‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:47 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec2:6‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗ ﹼﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﲢﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﺘﻠﺘﲔ‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻓﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﹸﺴﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺩﻭﻥ ﳌﺲ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﺪﻉ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺤﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﹼﺿﻪ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪.‬‬‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ )ﺍﻹﺳﻔﻨﺞ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻡ( ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ _‪٧‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:47 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec2:7‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺎﺯﻭﻟﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺮﻭﺳﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻗﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺯﻟﻘﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻳﺪﻙ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﹸﻣﺒﺘﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺷﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬‫ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﲔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻑ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﺴﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺇﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻋﻄﻞ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬‫ﻻ ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻜﹼﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﺼﻬﺮ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ( ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬‫ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗ ﹼﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ‬‫ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _٨‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:48 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec2:8‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺪﺃ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﹼ‬‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﹼﺿﻬﺎ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ ﺍﳊﺮﺹ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻓﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﺒﻂﺀ‪.‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﺒﻂﺀ ﻓﻲ‬‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﺮﹼﺏ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ‬‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﹼﺏ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲟﻮﺻﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻟﺐ‬‫ﹼ‬
‫ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ )ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻴﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ( ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻃﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﹰ‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ‬‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ _‪٩‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:48 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec2:9‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻤﻮﻉ ﹸﻣﻀﺎﺀﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺠﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻃﺒﺎﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﺵ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﻀﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﹰ‬‫ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺷﻴ ﹰﺌﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻹﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳊﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬‫ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﳌﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﺴﻞ ﻣﻔﺮﻭﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ )*( ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﻟﻐﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﳊﻮﺍﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻼﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ‬‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺮﺍﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻟﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻇﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺮﹼﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﳌﺲ ﺍﳊﻮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﹰ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻕ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻳﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﺘﺼﻖ ﻳﺪﻙ ﺑﺪﺭﺝ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ‪ .‬ﲡﻨﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ‬‫ﺍﻷﺣﺬﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻼﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻛﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻇﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﹸﺤﻈﺮ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺮﳝﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻀﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺎﺟﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻀﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﻠﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻟﻴﻚ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﻭﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﳊﻮﺽ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﺍﳊﻮﺽ ﻟﻠﺼﺪﺃ‪.‬‬‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﺳﻄﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ )ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ( ﻭﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺇﺳﻔﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺪﺀ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳊﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬‫ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﺮﺷﺎﺓ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺎﻑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻄﻔﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﲡﻔﻔﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺄﻛﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬ﺗﺴﺨﲔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _١٠‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:48 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec2:10‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﻏﺴﻞ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻭﺗﺼﻠﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺻﺪﺃ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ‬‫ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺭﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﻛﺮﻳﻬﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺷﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭﺏ ﻭﺣﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬‫ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻼﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻴﺒﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﹼﺏ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﺘﻴﺒﺲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻻﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻋﺪﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻟﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬‫ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﹼﺩﺓ ﺑﺈﺑﺰﳝﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﲡﻨﺐ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﻐﺴﻮﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﲟﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺯﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﺮﻭﺳﲔ ﻭﻣﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﻭﺯﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻨﺘﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻤﻊ ﻭﻣﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻏﺴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲟﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﻔﻨﺠﻲ )ﻓﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻜﺲ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺎﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﶈﺸﻮﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﻔﻨﺠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﻌﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﻌﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺴﺨﲔ )ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ( ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫]ﲢﺬﻳﺮ[‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺃﺑ ﹰﺪﺍ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻪ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﺒﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻐﻠﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺏ ﲟﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﳉﻬﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻨﻈﻒ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﺵ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﹰ‪.‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻗﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﹼ‬‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ _‪١١‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:48 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec2:11‬‬
‫ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻄﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ(‬
‫‪) Sound off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫‪) Delay End‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ(‬
‫‪) Stop&Add‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ(‬
‫‪) Eco Bubble‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫‪٣٦‬‬
‫‪٣٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﱢﻉ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫‪٣٩‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪...‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪٤١‬‬
‫‪٤١‬‬
‫‪٤١‬‬
‫‪٤٢‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫‪٤١‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫‪ _١٢‬ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:48 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec4:12‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﹼﺒﺎﻉ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺘﻚ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ ٠١‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻤﻼﺀ ‪ Samsung‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﹼﻉ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻟﺪﻯ ‪.Samsung‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺟﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ _‪١٣‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:48 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec9:13‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻠﻚ ﲤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺼﻬﺮ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ‪ ٢٢٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٢٤٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٥٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫• ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻠﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻄﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺳﻨﻮﻥ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﰎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻣﺆﻫﻼ ﹰ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﺄﻛ ﹰﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﹸﺤﻈﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺄﺧﺬ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻦ ﺑﻔﻨﻲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻞﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٣٧‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٨٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪١٣٧‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻗ ﹰﺘﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﳑﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﳌﻠﺌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪) .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﲔ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻞﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ‪/‬ﻓﻴﻀﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﺨﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﹸﻌﺪ ‪ ١٢٠‬ﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺧﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻴﻊ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻣﺘﺎﺟﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻛﺔ ﺧﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﲟﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٣٠٥‬ﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﹼﺿﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _١٤‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:49 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec9:14‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻲ ‪ Samsung‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪ ٤٦‬ﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ )ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﺼﻨﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٠١‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺻﻠﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﻼﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﲢﺮﹼﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﻔﻴﻒ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺠﻤﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﺘﻔﻆ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ﺿﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻄﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ـــ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ــ ‪ ١٠٢‬ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ــ ‪ ٤٣٢‬ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ــ ‪ ٥١‬ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻄﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺣﺮﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ٤٦٥‬ﱈ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪ .‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺠﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﺪ )ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻴ ﹰﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ _‪١٥‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:49 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec9:15‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪٢‬‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻭﺍﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻔﻚ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺳ ﹼﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﲟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺁﻣﻦ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﻜﹼﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺧﻄﺮﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ )ﺍﻷﻛﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺴﺘﻴﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ( ﺑﻌﻴ ﹰﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _١٦‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:49 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec9:16‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪٣‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٠١‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻒ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﻜﻢ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻣﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪- L‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ‪ -‬ﲟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢ ﺭﺑﻄﻪ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻣﺸﺪﻭﺩﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻪ ﺑﺨﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﺑﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺭﺧﺎﺀ ﻣﺜ ﹼﺒﺖ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺮﺯ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﹼﺩﺓ ﲟﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪- L‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﺑﻪ‪ -‬ﲟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢ ﺭﺑﻄﻪ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﺑﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ Y‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ _‪١٧‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:50 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec9:17‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺯﻝ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﻝ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺑﺎﶈﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ "‪ "+‬ﻟﻔﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻠﻒ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (٢‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ٥‬ﱈ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٥‬ﱈ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﻝ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺭﻓﻊ ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﺀﻳﻦ )‪ (١‬ﻭ)‪.(٢‬‬
‫ﻟﻒ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (٢‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﶈﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺭﺧﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ )‪ ،(٣‬ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﺎﶈﻮﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ ﻣﺤﺪﺛ ﹰﺎ ﺻﻮﺕ "ﻧﻘﺮﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﶈﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻠﻒ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ _١٨‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:50 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec9:18‬‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﹼ‬
‫ﻛﺮﹼﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٠١‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫•‬
‫✗‬
‫✗‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳ ﹼﺪﺍﺩﺓ ﺻﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺻﻨﺒﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﹰﺍ ﺟ ﹰﺪﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ _‪١٩‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:50 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec9:19‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺜﻼﺙ ﻃﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ‪ ٦٠‬ﻭ‪ ٩٠‬ﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺛ ﹼﺒﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺧﻄﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺒﻞ‬
‫ﳌﻨﻊ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫‪ ٦٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻓﻲ ﻓﺮﻉ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻮﺽ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﻉ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﳊﻮﺽ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ( ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ ٦٥‬ﺳﻢ؛ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺳﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪٥‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﲟﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٢٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٢٤٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ‪ ٥٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻣﺤﻤﻲ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪) .‬ﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪(.١٤‬‬
‫‪ _٢٠‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:51 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec9:20‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺃﺻﻌﺐ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪ Samsung‬ﻓﻲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻻ ﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Power‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺿﻒ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺼﺺ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٠٢‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﹼﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻨﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻊ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﺾ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٣٣‬ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻞ(‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﻒ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺪﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ )ﺍﻣﻸ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔ )ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ( ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ "‪("A‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﲔ ‪.٣٢-٣١‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﺮﹼﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﺯﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻣﺘﺒﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﺮﹼﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺬﺭ ﳌﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺬﺭ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺬﺭ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﲟﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻐﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺿﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺿﻔﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬ﺳﻴﻀﻲﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪..‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ _‪٢١‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:52 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec5:21‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪11 ١٢‬‬
‫‪12 ١٣‬‬
‫‪13 14‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪٩9‬‬
‫‪٨8‬‬
‫‪٧7‬‬
‫‪٦6‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪٤4‬‬
‫‪٣3‬‬
‫‪٢2‬‬
‫‪١1‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ"‪) .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(٣٠‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪CYCLE SELECTOR‬‬
‫)ﻗﺮﺹ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ(‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪LCD‬‬
‫‪) Wool/Lingerie‬ﺻﻮﻑ‪/‬ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ( ‪ -‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻢ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻊ ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﻤﺎﺵ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﹸﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺭﺍﺋﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ Woolmark‬ﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ‪ Woolmark‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.M0509،‬‬
‫‪) Quick Wash‬ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ( ‪ -‬ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Normal‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ( ‪ -‬ﳌﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﺥ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Soak‬ﻧﻘﻊ( ‪ -‬ﺗﺰﻳﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Towels‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ( ‪ -‬ﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺷﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺎﺭﺵ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Bedding‬ﺃﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ( ‪ -‬ﻟﻸﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﲔ ﻭﻣﻼﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﹼﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺃﳊﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻗﹰﺎ ﺳﺎﺋﻼ ﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫‪) Boil‬ﻏﻠﻲ( ‪ -‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺴﺎﺧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Eco Drum Clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ‪ -‬ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺒﻴﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﹸﻮﺻﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ( ﺩﻭﻥ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﺃﻭ ﹼ‬
‫‪) Air Wash‬ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ( ‪ -‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻠﻒ‬
‫‪) Cycle Selector‬ﻗﺮﺹ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ( ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(Dust Removal  Sanitize  Deodorize‬‬
‫• ‪) Deodorization‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ( ‪ -‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Sanitize‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﻢ( ‪ -‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Dust Removal‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ( ‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ LCD‬ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺸﺨﻴﺼﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﻴﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _٢٢‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:52 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec5:22‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪STEAM‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪) Quick Wash‬ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ( ﻭ‪) Normal‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ( ﻭ‪) Soak‬ﻧﻘﻊ( ﻭ‪) Towels‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ( ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﺥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Bedding‬ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﲔ( ﻭ‪) Boil‬ﻏﻠﻲ(‪ ،‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺎ ﹰﺀ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪DELAY END‬‬
‫)ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ(‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺪﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪PRE WASH‬‬
‫)ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ(‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮ‪‬ﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻞﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﹼ ﺬ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪*.‬‬
‫* ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ‪) PreWash‬ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ‪) Wool‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ( ﻭ‬
‫‪) Quick Wash‬ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪TEMPERATURE‬‬
‫)ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪) :‬ﻣﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ ﺃﻭ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪ ٩٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪) RINSE‬ﺷﻄﻒ(‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﺧﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺷﻄﻒ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪) SPIN‬ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻒ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫"‪) No spin‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻒ( " ‪ -‬ﺗﻈﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪) DRYING‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪) Low Temp ‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫‪) Shirt ‬ﻗﻤﻴﺺ(‬
‫‪) Small ‬ﺻﻐﻴﺮ(‬
‫‪) Cup Board‬ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ( ‪) Time Dry ‬ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ( )‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ١:٠٠ ‬ﺱ ‪ ١:٣٠ ‬ﺱ ‪ ٢:٠٠ ‬ﺱ ‪‬‬
‫‪ ٢:٣٠‬ﺱ( ‪) Cup Board ‬ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺔ(‬
‫‪) Cup Board‬ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻭﻭﺯﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ )‪ ٤٠٠‬ﺟﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ(‪.‬‬‫‪) Small‬ﺻﻐﻴﺮ(‬
‫)ﺛﻼﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﺷﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺍﻝ )ﺯﻱ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻲ( ﺃﻭ ﻗﻤﻴﺼﲔ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺘﺮﺓ )ﺯﻱ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻲ( ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‬‫‪) Shirt‬ﻗﻤﻴﺺ(‬
‫)‪ ١٩‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ‬‫‪) Low Temp‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ(‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪) .‬ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﻮﻃﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺴﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﻠﻮﻥ‪(.‬‬
‫ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬‫‪) Time Dry‬ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ(‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﲡﻨﹼﺐ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ‪) Normal‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ( ﻭ‪) Extra‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ( ﻭ‪) Iron‬ﻛﻲ( ﻭ‬
‫‪) Light Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪SOUND OFF‬‬
‫)ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻔﻀﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪STOP&ADD‬‬
‫)ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ(‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ‪) Stop&Add‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٠٢‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪ECO BUBBLE‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪) Eco Bubble‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪) Eco Bubble‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫‪) Bubble Generator OFF‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﻟﹼﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ( ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪) ON‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺾ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Eco Bubble‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ﻣﻌﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪) ON‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ "ﺍﳌﻮﻟﹼﺪ"‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻡ "ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﹼﺪ"‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫• ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ )ﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(٢٧‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ _‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:53 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec5:23‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪LAST SETTING‬‬
‫)ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ(‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪EXTRA WATER‬‬
‫)ﻣﺎﺀ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Extra Water‬ﻣﺎﺀ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﲟﺎﺀ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻄﻔﺊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪START/PAUSE‬‬
‫)ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺆﻗ ﹰﺘﺎ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) POWER‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ _٢٤‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:54 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec5:24‬‬
‫‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ(‬
‫ﲤﻜ ﱢﻨﻚ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ( ﻣﻦ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٠٢‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪) Activating/Deactivating‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ‪/‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ(‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ( ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪) Temp.‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ( ﻭ‪) Rinse‬ﺷﻄﻒ( ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﳌﺪﺓ ‪ ٣‬ﹴ‬
‫"ﻭﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ ‪) " Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Power‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ( ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ(‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﹴ‬
‫‪) Sound off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Sound Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Activating/Deactivating‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ‪/‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ(‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Sound Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﻦ ‪) Spin‬ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻒ( ﻭ‪) Option‬ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ( ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻀﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ "‪) Sound Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( " ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﳌﺪﺓ ‪ ٣‬ﹴ‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ _‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:54 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec5:25‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪) Delay End‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ(‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻻﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ )ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ(‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Delay End‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻀﻲﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ "‪) " Delay End‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻟﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Delay End‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Power‬ﻃﺎﻗﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Stop&Add‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ(‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ‪) Stop&Add‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ( ﻣﻄﻔ ﹰﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ‪ Stop&Add‬ﻣﻀﺎ ﹰﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Stop&Add‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ(‪.‬ﺳﺘﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺡ ‪.Stop&Add‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ ﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻨﻄﻔﺊ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﲡﻨﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ؛ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺨﻤﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Stop&Add‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ( ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﹴ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٥٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ٧٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Stop&Add‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﺮﹼﺿﻚ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻠﺤﻖ ﺿﺮﺭﹰﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫‪ _٢٦‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:55 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec5:26‬‬
‫‪) Eco Bubble‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ‪) Eco Bubble‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ﺑﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺗﺨﻠﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫‪) Wool/Lingerie‬ﺻﻮﻑ‪/‬ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ( ﻭ‬
‫‪) Quick Wash‬ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ( ﻭ‬
‫‪) ECO Drum Clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‬
‫•‬
‫‪ ٠٢‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪) Normal‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ( ﻭ‪) Soak‬ﻧﻘﻊ( ﻭ‪) Towels‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ ( ﻭ‬
‫‪) Bedding‬ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﲔ( ﻭ‪) Boil‬ﻏﻠﻲ(‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Eco Bubble‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Power‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﺠﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻢ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﺑﺤﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﹼ‬
‫• ﺃﺿﻒ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺑﺤﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺿﻒ ﹼ‬
‫ﳌﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ )ﺍﳊﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ( "‪("A‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ‪) Prewash‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺝ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ "ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ" ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(٣٣‬‬
‫• ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻒ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺪﺭﺝ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫• ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ "ﺍ‪‬ﻠﻔﺎﺕ" ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻤﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺑﺪﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ _‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:55 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec5:27‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﻤﻞ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ‪) Air Wash‬ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ( ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻃﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺬﻻﺕ‪] .‬ﻗﻄﻌﺘﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ )ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﻛﺠﻢ([‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Power‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Air Wash‬ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ( ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻒ ﻗﺮﺹ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫‪) Deodorize‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ(‬
‫‪ ٢٦‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪) Sanitize‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﻢ(‬
‫‪ ٣٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪) Dust Removal‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ(‬
‫‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪) Air Wash‬ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳊﻮﺽ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Air Wash‬ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Power‬ﻃﺎﻗﺔ( ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻄﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻣﺠﻔﻔﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ‪) Air Wash‬ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ( ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻋﻄﺮﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻪ )ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺘﲔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﲡﻨﺐ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Air Wash‬ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ(‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﹼﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ "ﻏﺮﺍﺀ" ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺬﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﺯﻳﻨﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺸﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﳋﺸﺒﻴﺔ )ﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ(‬
‫ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﲔ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﺀﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺑﺪﻻ ﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻦ‪.‬‬‫ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬‫• ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻜﺲ‬
‫‪ _٢٨‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:55 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec5:28‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪) Cup Board:‬ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺔ( ‪‬‬
‫‪) Small‬ﺻﻐﻴﺮ( ‪) Shirt ‬ﻗﻤﻴﺺ( ‪) Low Temp ‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ( ‪) Time Dry ‬ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ(‬
‫)‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ٦٠ ‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ٩٠ ‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ١٢٠ ‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ١٥٠ ‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ( ‪) Cup Board ‬ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫‪) Cupboard‬‬
‫)ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ(‬
‫(‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Drying‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫‪) Small‬‬
‫( )ﺻﻐﻴﺮ(‬
‫ﺍﻵﻟﻲ(‬
‫‪)Shirt‬‬
‫( )ﻗﻤﻴﺺ(‬
‫‪Low Temp‬‬
‫)ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ(‬
‫)‬
‫(‬
‫‪) Time Drying‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ :‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﺓ‬
‫)ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ(‬
‫‪ ٥٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٢٤٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ ٠٫٨‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫‪ ٠٫٣‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‬
‫ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻧﺴﺠﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٢٧٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪١٥٠/١٢٠/٩٠/٦٠/٣٠‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ‪ ٣‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﻨﺎﺷﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻤﻴﺼﲔ‬
‫( )ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ( ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٠٢‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ )‪ ٥٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Power‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ( ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Drying‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ(‪ :.‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ‪) Eco Drum Clean‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ﻭ‪) Air Wash‬ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ( ﻭ‪) Wool‬ﺻﻮﻑ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Drying‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪) Drying Time‬ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ(‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٥٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪) Auto Dry‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ(‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺰﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٥٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪) Time Dry‬ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺿﻊ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﹰﺍ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪ ﹰﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪ : .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫• ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﲟﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻛﻼ ﹰ ﻣﻦ ‪) Spin‬ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻒ( ﻭ‪) Dry‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ( ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ _‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:56 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec5:29‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ "ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ" ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ .Samsung‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Power‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ )ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ‪) Eco Bubble‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ﻭ‪) Normal‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ( ﻭ‪) Soak‬ﻧﻘﻊ(‬
‫ﻭ‪) Towels‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ ( ﻭ‪) Bedding‬ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﲔ( ﻭ‪) Boil‬ﻏﻠﻲ(‪ .‬ﺟﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺗﺴﺎﺥ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪) Cycle Selector‬ﻗﺮﺹ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ( ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﹰ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‪) Eco Bubble :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ( ﻭ‬
‫‪) Normal‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ( ﻭ‪) Soak‬ﻧﻘﻊ( ﻭ‪) Towels‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ ( ﻭ‪) Bedding‬ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﲔ( ﻭ‪) Boil‬ﻏﻠﻲ(‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻀﻲﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﻣﻦ ‪) Cycle Selector‬ﻗﺮﺹ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ( ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻀﻲﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Pause‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‪/‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﺎﻝ( ﺟ ﹰﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ‪) HOT‬ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ( ﺟ ﹰﺪﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ‪ HIGH‬ﹴ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _٣٠‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:57 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec5:30‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ‬
‫‪ ٠٢‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪) Cycle Selector‬ﻗﺮﺹ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Power‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ( ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻌﻢ ﺃﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ )ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Temp.‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ( ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪) .‬ﻣﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ ﺃﻭ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ‪ ٩٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Rinse‬ﺷﻄﻒ( ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﺧﻤﺲ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Spin‬ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻒ( ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻴﻒ‪) No Spin: ].‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻒ([‬
‫‪ .١٠‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Delay End‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪) Delay End‬ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ( ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ )ﻣﻦ ‪ ٣‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ١٩‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ(‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺗ ﹼﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﻭﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺮﺯ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻭﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺮﺯ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻠﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﹼ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﲟﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﹰ‬
‫• ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ‪) Delicate‬ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ( ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺋﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺮﻍ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ؛ ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ ﻭﻣﺎﺳﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺇﺑﺰﳝﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﳊﻮﺽ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﹼﺯﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺤﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﻴﻂ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﻴﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﳋﻴﻮﻁ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻨﻴﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﺥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﲟﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ _‪٣١‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:57 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec5:31‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﺴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫‪WD0150‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪/‬ﺧﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﺥ‬‫‪ -‬ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﺥ‬
‫‪ ١٧٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ‬
‫‪ ٥٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺷﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ ٣٫٥‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ ‪ /‬ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ٤٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ )"ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ‪ "UE‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﺴﻞ ﻣﻔﺮﻭﺷﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﺳﺮﹼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺣﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ( ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫)ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﻬﺎ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﲢﺮﹼﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _٣٢‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:57 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec5:32‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﻤ ﹰﺪﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﻒ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﻈﻔﹰ ﺎ ﺻﻠ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٠٢‬ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ )ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺫﺍ "ﺭﻏﻮﺓ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ" ﹸﻣﺼﻤﻢ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﺥ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﺗ ﹼﺒﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﹼﻌﺔ ﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﺥ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ‪) Wool‬ﺻﻮﻑ(‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻗﹰﺎ ﺳﺎﺋﻼ ﹰ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻻ ﹰ ﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺃﺛﺮﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻭﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﲢﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺿﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﹰ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳊﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﹼ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﳋﻂ ‪) MAX FILL‬ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ( ) (‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﹼﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻚ ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺻ ﹼﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻉ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﹼ‬
‫)ﳌﻨﻊ ﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ _‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:57 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec5:33‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻔﻞ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﻮ ﹰﺣﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺠﻒ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺒﻴﻀﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﺭﻃﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺷﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺮﺵ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ـــ ﹼ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺔ ـــ ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺮﺳﺐ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺭﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﻛﺮﻳﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﺑﻘﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﺳﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ "ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺁﻣﻦ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﱢﻉ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﱢﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﻓﺮﻍ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻏﺴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﲡﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﱢﻉ ﺑﻔﺮﺷﺎﺓ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﱢﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ‪) Rinse+Spin‬ﺷﻄﻒ‪+‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ( ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ(‬
‫‪ _٣٤‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:58 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec6:34‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺟﻴ ﹰﺪﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ "‪."ND‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﺳﺤﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﺒﻂﺀ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ٦‬ﺑﻮﺻﺎﺕ )‪ ١٥‬ﺳﻢ( ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٠٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻻﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ‪) Quick Wash‬ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ( ﻭﺃﺿﻒ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻴﻴﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﱢﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮ ﹰﺣﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﲢﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪٢‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﻏﺴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻒ ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺿﻊ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ _‪٣٥‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:58 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec6:35‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﲢﻘﻖ ﳑﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﲔ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺰ ﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﲢﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺰ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺰ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ(‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﻴﺾ ﻭﻏﺎﻟﻮﻥ )‪ ٣٫٨‬ﻟﺘﺮ( ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﺊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻠﻂ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ¾ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻥ )‪ ١٧٧‬ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻠﺘﺮ( ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻮﺭ ﹼ‬
‫ﺏ( ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺰ ﲟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﳌﺪﺓ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ( ﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﻮ ﹰﺣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ(‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﺭﺗﺪ ﻗﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﳌﺪﺩ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻀﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﹼﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻒ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﺵ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﺳﻄﺤﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺪﺵ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﲡﻨﺐ ﺧﺪﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _٣٦‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:59 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec6:36‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﻣﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪...‬‬
‫ﻻﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪..‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻛﺎﻑ ﺑﻬﺎ‪..‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﺛﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﺍﺟﺰ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start / Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺘﻮﻱﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻣﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﱢﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻛﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﺎﺀ ﹴ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ "ﻗﺮﺹ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ" ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﹸﺣﺒﻴﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﺘﺰ ﺃﻭ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺻﻮﺗﹰﺎ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻚ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻷﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﲤﺘﻠﺊ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﲟﺎﺀ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻞ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺨﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ‪) Sanitize‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﻢ(‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﺭ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﲟﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻬﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start / Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪.‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻞﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻊ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬ﻭﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ ﻭﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﳋﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺨﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ ١٢٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ )‪ ٤٩‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﹼ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺳﺨﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﺍﺟﺰ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ ﹼ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻞﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻞﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻭ ‪ /‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﱢﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﺊ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪ ٠٤‬ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﲟﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Child Lock‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺿﺪ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ(‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٢٥‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻞﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻬﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ _‪٣٧‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:59 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec11:37‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﻣﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻞ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻬﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﺛﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﲡﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪) Start/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﹰ ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﺒﺘﻠﺔ ﺟ ﹰﺪﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ "ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ" ﺃﻭ "ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟ ﹰﺪﺍ" ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻗﹰﺎ ﺫﺍ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟ ﹰﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟ ﹰﺪﺍ )ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﲔ(‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﻃﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺇﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﲡﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻗﹰﺎ ﺫﺍ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻏﻮﺓ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻗﹰﺎ ﺫﺍ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﺥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﻴﻖ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻤﻼﺀ ‪ Samsung‬ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _٣٨‬ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:59 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec11:38‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬
‫‪dE‬‬
‫•‬
‫‪4E‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﹼﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪5E‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺭﺩﺍﺀ ﺣﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻴﻨﺰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ‬
‫"‪ "UE‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ "‪) "Hot‬ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪UE‬‬
‫‪cE/3E‬‬
‫‪) Hot‬ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ(‬
‫‪ ٠٤‬ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳊﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟـ‬
‫‪.Samsung‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ _‪٣٩‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:59 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec11:39‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫)‪‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ(‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ )ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺩ‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫‪Quick Wash‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Normal‬‬
‫)ﻋﺎﺩﻱ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪) Soak‬ﻧﻘﻊ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Wool/Lingerie‬‬
‫)ﺻﻮﻑ‪/‬ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪) Towels‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪) Bedding‬ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺷﺎﺕ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬
‫‪٩٥‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪) Boil‬ﻏﻠﻲ(‬
‫‪Eco Drum Clean‬‬
‫)ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Pre-Wash‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٠:٤٨‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪١:٠٩‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪١:٣٨‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٠:٤٦‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪١:٥٨‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٢:٠٣‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٢:١٨‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪) Normal‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪) Soak‬ﻧﻘﻊ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Wool/Lingerie‬‬
‫)ﺻﻮﻑ‪/‬ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪) Boil‬ﻏﻠﻲ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Steam‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Eco Drum Clean‬‬
‫)ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Delay End‬‬
‫)ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ(‬
‫‪Quick Wash‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Stop&Add‬‬
‫)ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪) Bedding‬ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺷﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺩﻭﻥ ﲡﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪٥٠٠‬‬
‫‪٦٠٠‬‬
‫‪٨٣٠‬‬
‫‪١٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪) Drying‬ﲡﻔﻴﻒ(‬
‫‪) Towels‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺷﻒ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ )ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ(‬
‫‪١:٤٨‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺤﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﰎ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪.IEC 60456 / EN 60456‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _٤٠‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:59 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec7:40‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ٩٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﻳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳉﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﻠﻮﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﺃﻭ ‪ R113‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳉﺎﻑ ﺑﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ‪ R113‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﳑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳉﺎﻑ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﲡﻔﻒ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻔﺮﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺎﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺠﻒ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﺾ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ‬
‫ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺒﻴﻴﺾ‬
‫ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ١٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﲡﻔﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫‪ ٠٦‬ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﺒﻴﻴﺾ ﻭﲡﻔﻴﻒ ﻭﻛﻲ )ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ(‪ .‬ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﹼﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﺭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺗ ﹼﺒﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫• ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺮﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﻄﻊ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﲟﺼﺪﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺧﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻛﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻖ ﺃﻱ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﳌﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﻴﻀﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻓﹼﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ )ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ )‪EN Standard 60335‬ﻭ ‪.(EC directive 93/68‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ _‪٤١‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:22:59 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec3:41‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫‪WD0150‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪ ٦٨٦‬ﱈ ‪ X‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ ‪ ٨١١‬ﱈ ‪ X‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ ٩٩١‬ﱈ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫‪ ١٣٧‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٨٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫‪ ٥٦‬ﻟﺘﺮ‬
‫‪WD0150‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ ١٠٧‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ‬
‫‪ ١٧٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ ]ﻏﺴﻴﻞ ﺟﺎﻑ[‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫‪ ٩٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪WD0150‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ‬
‫‪ ٢٢٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫‪ ٢٥٠‬ﻭﺍﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺨﲔ‬
‫‪ ٢٢٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫‪ ٢٢٠٠‬ﻭﺍﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫‪ ٢٢٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫‪WD0150‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫‪ ٦٠٠‬ﻭﺍﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻒ‬
‫‪ ٢٢٠٠‬ﻭﺍﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‬
‫‪ ٨٠‬ﻭﺍﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫‪WD0150‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﻲ‬
‫‪ ٥٫٠‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ ١٫٨‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫‪WD0150‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪١٠٠٠‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ _٤٢‬ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:23:01 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec3:42‬‬
‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ‬
WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec3:43
2/14/2011 7:23:01 PM
‫ﻫﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑـ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫‪U.A.E‬‬
‫)‪800-SAMSUNG (726-7864‬‬
‫‪www.samsung.com‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﺩ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪DC68-02535G-01_AR‬‬
‫‪2/14/2011 7:23:01 PM‬‬
‫‪WD0150VDX-02535G-01_AR.indd Sec3:44‬‬
Download PDF